1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
989 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
990 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
991 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
992 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
993 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
994 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
995 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
999 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1001 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1002 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1003 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1006 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1007 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1008 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1009 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1011 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1013 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1014 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1016 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1017 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1018 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1019 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1020 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1021 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1022 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1024 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1025 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1026 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1027 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1028 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1029 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1030 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1031 memory content has not changed.
1033 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1036 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1037 several times when GDB stops.
1040 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1041 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1042 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1043 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1044 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1045 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1046 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1047 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1048 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1049 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1051 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1052 removal from inferior. */
1055 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1057 int within_current_scope
;
1058 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1059 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1063 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1064 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1065 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1066 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1069 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1070 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1071 breakpoints if needed. */
1074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1079 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1080 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1081 within_current_scope
= 1;
1084 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1086 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1087 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1088 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1089 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1092 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1094 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1095 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1096 if (within_current_scope
)
1100 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1109 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1110 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1111 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1112 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1113 be completely different objects. */
1114 value_free (b
->val
);
1119 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1120 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1121 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1122 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1123 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1124 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1126 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1127 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1128 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1130 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1132 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1133 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1135 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1137 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1138 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1139 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1140 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1147 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1148 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1149 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1150 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1153 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1155 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1157 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1160 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1163 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1164 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1165 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1166 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1168 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1172 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1174 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1175 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1177 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1178 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1179 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1180 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1181 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1182 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1183 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1185 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1187 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1188 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1189 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1191 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1192 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1198 addr
= value_address (v
);
1199 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1203 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1206 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1207 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1210 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1212 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1213 loc
->address
= addr
;
1215 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1219 next
= value_next (v
);
1224 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1225 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1226 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1227 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1228 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1230 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1231 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1234 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1236 printf_filtered (_("\
1237 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1238 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1240 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1241 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1242 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1245 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1247 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1251 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1252 inserted in the inferior. */
1254 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1256 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1259 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1262 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1265 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1266 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1267 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1268 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1269 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1270 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1271 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1272 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1273 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1276 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1278 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1284 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1285 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1286 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1288 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1289 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1291 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1292 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1293 int *disabled_breaks
,
1294 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1298 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1301 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1302 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1303 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1304 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1306 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1307 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1309 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1311 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1312 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1313 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1314 Two important cases are:
1315 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1316 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1317 hardware breakpoint.
1318 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1319 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1320 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1322 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1323 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1324 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1325 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1326 struct mem_region
*mr
1327 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1331 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1334 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1336 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1337 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1339 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1341 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1343 static int said
= 0;
1344 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1347 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1348 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1353 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1354 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1355 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1356 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1360 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1361 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1362 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1363 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1365 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1367 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1368 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1371 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1376 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1377 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1378 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1380 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1381 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1382 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1383 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1384 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1385 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1390 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1391 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1392 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1393 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1394 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1396 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1397 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1398 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1401 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1402 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1404 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1405 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1406 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1409 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1414 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1415 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1422 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1423 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1425 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1427 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1428 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1430 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1431 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1432 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1433 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1434 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1436 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1437 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1438 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1442 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1444 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1445 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1446 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1447 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1451 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1452 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1453 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1454 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1455 "Error accessing memory address ");
1456 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1458 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1459 safe_strerror (val
));
1470 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1471 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1472 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1473 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1475 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1477 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1478 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1481 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1483 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1484 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1485 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1486 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1488 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1492 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1493 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1494 so just return success. */
1501 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1502 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1506 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1508 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1509 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1511 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1514 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1518 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1519 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1522 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1524 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1526 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1527 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1529 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1530 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1532 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1538 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1539 removed locations above. */
1540 update_global_location_list (0);
1543 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1544 Throws exception on any error.
1545 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1546 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1548 insert_breakpoints (void)
1550 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1553 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1554 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1556 update_global_location_list (1);
1558 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1559 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1561 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1562 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1565 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1566 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1567 Both return zero if successful,
1568 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1571 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1573 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1574 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1577 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1578 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1580 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1581 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1583 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1584 there was an error. */
1585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1587 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1591 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1592 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1594 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1597 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1598 thread no longer exists. */
1599 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1600 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1603 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1605 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1606 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1607 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1608 insert breakpoints. */
1609 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1610 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1613 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1615 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1620 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1621 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1624 int some_failed
= 0;
1625 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1627 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1630 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1633 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1636 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1637 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1644 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1646 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1648 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1649 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1650 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1658 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1659 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1660 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1663 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1664 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1666 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1667 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1670 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1674 remove_breakpoints (void)
1676 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1682 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1687 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1690 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1692 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1694 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1696 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1698 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1703 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1712 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1714 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1719 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1720 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1726 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1728 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1729 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1731 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1732 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1733 struct inferior
*inf
;
1734 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1736 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1740 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1741 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1743 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1745 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1749 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1755 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1759 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1764 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1768 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1770 static struct breakpoint
*
1771 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1772 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1774 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1777 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1780 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1781 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1783 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1784 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1785 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1791 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1793 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1795 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1798 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1800 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1804 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1805 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1807 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1809 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1811 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1812 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1816 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1817 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1820 update_global_location_list (1);
1824 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1826 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1827 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1828 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1830 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1832 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1833 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1836 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1838 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1841 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1843 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1847 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1848 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1850 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1851 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1853 update_global_location_list (1);
1855 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1859 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1862 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1863 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1865 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1866 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1867 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1868 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1869 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1870 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1871 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1872 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1874 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1875 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1879 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1882 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1883 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1889 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1890 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1896 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1897 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1898 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1899 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1901 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1905 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1906 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1908 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1912 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1914 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1916 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1920 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1922 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1923 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1924 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1925 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1929 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1930 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1931 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1932 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1933 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1934 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1936 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1937 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1938 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1939 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1940 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1941 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1942 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1944 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1945 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1946 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1947 let finish_command delete it.
1949 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1950 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1951 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1952 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1953 solib breakpoints.) */
1955 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1960 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1961 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1963 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1969 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1970 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1971 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1972 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1973 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1974 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1978 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1980 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1982 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1983 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1985 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1986 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1988 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1989 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1992 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1996 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2002 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2003 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2004 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2005 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2006 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2009 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2012 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2014 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2015 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2018 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2019 This should not ever happen. */
2020 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2022 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2023 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2025 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2026 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2027 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2029 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2030 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2031 || b
->section
== NULL
2032 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2034 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2036 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2037 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2039 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2043 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2044 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2045 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2047 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2048 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2050 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2051 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2052 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2053 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2054 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2056 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2057 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2059 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2060 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2063 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2064 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2065 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2066 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2067 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2068 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2071 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2072 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2073 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2074 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2075 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2082 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2087 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2088 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2089 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2090 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2095 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2097 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2102 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2103 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2104 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2106 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2107 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2108 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2111 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2112 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2115 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2117 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2120 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2127 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2130 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2132 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2133 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2136 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2137 This should not ever happen. */
2138 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2140 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2142 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2144 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2146 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2150 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2153 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2155 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2158 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2162 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2163 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2165 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2168 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2169 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2170 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2175 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2177 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2178 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2180 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2182 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2184 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2189 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2190 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2196 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2202 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2204 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2205 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2208 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2209 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2214 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2215 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2217 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2218 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2220 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2222 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2223 in insert_breakpoints. */
2225 value_free (b
->val
);
2235 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2236 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2237 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2238 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2241 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2242 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2243 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2244 match, not program space. */
2246 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2247 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2248 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2249 permanent breakpoint.
2250 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2251 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2252 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2253 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2254 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2256 enum breakpoint_here
2257 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2259 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2260 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2264 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2265 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2268 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2269 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2270 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2273 if (overlay_debugging
2274 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2275 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2276 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2277 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2278 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2280 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2284 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2287 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2290 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2292 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2295 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2296 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2303 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2304 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2305 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2306 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2309 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2311 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2315 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2316 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2320 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2323 if (overlay_debugging
2324 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2325 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2326 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2334 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2335 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2338 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2340 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2343 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2349 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2353 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2355 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2356 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2360 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2364 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2367 if (overlay_debugging
2368 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2369 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2370 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2376 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2377 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2384 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2385 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2387 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2391 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2393 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2394 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2397 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2400 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2401 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2405 /* Check for intersection. */
2406 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2407 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2415 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2416 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2419 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2422 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2423 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2429 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2430 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2433 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2434 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2437 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2441 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2443 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2444 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2445 it is now time to do so. */
2447 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2448 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2452 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2454 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2455 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2456 it is now time to do so. */
2458 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2459 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2463 if (overlay_debugging
2464 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2465 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2466 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2475 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2479 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2481 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2485 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2487 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2488 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2489 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2493 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2494 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2497 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2514 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2515 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2518 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2522 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2527 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2529 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2530 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2531 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2532 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2533 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2535 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2536 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2540 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2550 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2553 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2558 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2560 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2566 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2567 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2568 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2570 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2571 step_resume breakpoint.
2573 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2575 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2579 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2581 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2583 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2585 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2586 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2587 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2588 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2589 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2592 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2596 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2597 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2598 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2599 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2600 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2601 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2603 Return 1 otherwise. */
2606 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2611 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2613 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2614 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2615 this function might return the same number more
2616 than once and this will look ugly. */
2617 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2618 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2620 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2622 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2626 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2629 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2631 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2633 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2634 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2636 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2642 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2645 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2647 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2649 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2651 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2652 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2653 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2654 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2659 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2662 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2664 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2666 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2669 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2670 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2671 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2672 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2674 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2675 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2676 bpstat of the current thread. */
2679 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2685 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2687 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2690 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2691 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2693 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2696 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2697 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2699 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2700 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2702 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2704 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2705 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2706 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2707 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2708 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2709 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2710 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2711 the tree when we're done. */
2714 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2718 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2720 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2726 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2727 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2731 if (target_can_async_p ())
2732 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2733 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2734 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2737 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2738 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2739 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2740 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2741 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2742 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2743 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2744 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2745 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2746 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2747 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2748 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2749 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2754 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2759 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2763 && target_has_execution
2764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2774 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2777 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2783 struct value_print_options opts
;
2784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2785 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2789 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2790 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2791 by having it set different print_it values.
2793 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2794 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2795 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2796 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2797 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2799 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2800 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2801 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2802 don't print anything else.
2803 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2804 that something to be followed by a location.
2805 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2806 that something to be followed by a location.
2807 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2810 static enum print_stop_action
2811 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2813 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2815 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2816 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2818 enum print_stop_action result
;
2820 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2821 which has since been deleted. */
2822 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2824 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2827 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2828 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2833 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2834 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2835 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2836 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2839 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2841 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2843 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2844 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2847 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2850 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2851 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2852 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2855 case bp_shlib_event
:
2856 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2857 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2858 to shlib event" message.) */
2859 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2860 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2863 case bp_thread_event
:
2864 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2865 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2866 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2867 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2870 case bp_overlay_event
:
2871 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2872 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2873 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2876 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2877 /* These should never be enabled. */
2878 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2879 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2883 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2884 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2890 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2892 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2893 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2895 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2896 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2898 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2899 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2902 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2903 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2906 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2908 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2910 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2911 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2913 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2916 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2917 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2919 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2920 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2923 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2925 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2926 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2927 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2928 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2937 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2938 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2941 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2942 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2944 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2947 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2954 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2955 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2963 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2968 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2969 case bp_step_resume
:
2970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2975 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2979 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2983 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2984 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2985 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2986 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2989 static enum print_stop_action
2990 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2992 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2995 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2996 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3000 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3001 relevant messages. */
3002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3005 case print_it_normal
:
3007 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3008 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3010 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3011 print_it_typical. */
3012 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3013 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3014 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3016 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3021 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3022 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3027 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3028 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3029 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3030 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3031 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3032 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3035 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3036 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3037 code to print the location. An example is
3038 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3040 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3041 to also print the location part of the message.
3042 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3043 don't require a location appended to the end.
3044 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3045 further info to be printed.*/
3047 enum print_stop_action
3048 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3052 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3053 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3054 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3055 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3056 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3058 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3059 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3060 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3061 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3065 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3066 with and nothing was printed. */
3067 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3070 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3071 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3072 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3073 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3076 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3078 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3079 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3080 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3084 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3087 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3091 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3093 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3094 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3095 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3097 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3101 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3102 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3105 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3107 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3109 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3111 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3113 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3114 as not triggered. */
3116 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3117 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3118 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3119 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3124 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3126 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3127 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3129 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3130 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3131 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3132 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3134 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3137 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3138 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3142 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3143 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3144 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3146 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3149 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3150 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3151 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3153 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3157 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3165 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3166 because of check_errors). */
3167 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3168 #define WP_DELETED 1
3169 /* The value has changed. */
3170 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3171 /* The value has not changed. */
3172 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3174 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3175 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3177 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3179 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3180 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3183 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3185 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3186 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3187 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3188 int within_current_scope
;
3190 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3192 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3193 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3194 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3195 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3196 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3198 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3199 within_current_scope
= 1;
3202 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3203 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3204 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3206 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3207 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3209 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3210 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3211 if (within_current_scope
)
3213 struct symbol
*function
;
3215 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3216 if (function
== NULL
3217 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3218 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3219 within_current_scope
= 0;
3222 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3223 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3224 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3225 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3226 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3227 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3228 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3229 is likely to be wrong. */
3230 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3231 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3233 if (within_current_scope
)
3234 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3235 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3240 if (within_current_scope
)
3242 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3243 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3244 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3245 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3247 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3248 struct value
*new_val
;
3250 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3252 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3253 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3254 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3255 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3256 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3258 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3260 release_value (new_val
);
3261 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3263 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3266 /* We will stop here */
3267 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3271 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3272 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3273 /* We won't stop here */
3274 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3279 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3280 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3281 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3282 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3283 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3284 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3285 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3286 the first value assigned). */
3287 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3288 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3289 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3290 information here. */
3291 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3293 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3294 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3295 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3296 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3297 which its expression is valid.\n");
3299 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3300 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3301 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3307 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3308 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3309 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3311 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3312 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3314 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3316 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3318 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
3321 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3322 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3323 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3324 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3325 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3326 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3328 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3331 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3332 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3333 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3337 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3338 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3339 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3340 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3341 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3342 (did not match the data address). */
3344 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3345 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3346 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3347 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3350 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3352 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3354 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3355 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3356 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3360 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3362 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3363 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3370 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3371 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3374 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3376 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3377 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3379 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3380 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3381 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3382 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3386 int must_check_value
= 0;
3388 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3389 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3391 must_check_value
= 1;
3392 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3393 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3394 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3396 must_check_value
= 1;
3397 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3398 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3399 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3400 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3401 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3402 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3403 must_check_value
= 1;
3405 if (must_check_value
)
3407 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3409 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3410 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3412 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3416 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3417 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3420 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3421 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3423 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3424 the value has changed. This is for targets
3425 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3426 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3430 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3431 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3432 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3434 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3435 the value hasn't changed. */
3436 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3444 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3445 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3446 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3447 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3448 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3449 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3450 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3454 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3456 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3457 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3458 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3459 anything for this watchpoint. */
3460 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3467 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3468 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3469 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3471 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3473 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3474 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3475 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3477 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3478 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3482 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3484 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3485 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3486 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3488 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3489 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3491 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3493 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3494 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3495 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3496 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3498 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3500 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3501 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3502 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3503 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3504 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3506 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3508 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3509 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3511 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3512 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3514 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3518 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3522 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3525 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3527 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3535 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3536 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3538 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3539 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3541 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3543 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3545 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3546 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3547 several reasons concurrently.)
3549 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3550 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3553 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3554 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3556 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3557 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3558 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3559 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3560 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3561 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3562 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3564 int need_remove_insert
;
3566 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
3567 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
3568 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
3572 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3575 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3577 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3578 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3579 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3580 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3582 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3585 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
3588 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3591 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3593 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3595 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3596 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3601 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3605 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3606 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3607 /* We do not stop for these. */
3610 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3616 /* We will stop here */
3617 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3619 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3620 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3621 update_global_location_list (0);
3625 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3627 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3628 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q",
3629 bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3631 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3634 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3637 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
3638 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3639 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3643 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3645 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3648 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3649 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3652 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3656 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3657 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3659 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3660 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3661 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3663 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3667 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3669 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3671 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3672 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3674 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3675 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3676 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3677 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3678 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3681 if (need_remove_insert
)
3682 update_global_location_list (1);
3684 return root_bs
->next
;
3687 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3689 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3691 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3694 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3697 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3700 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3703 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3706 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3709 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3712 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3715 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3718 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3721 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3724 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3727 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3731 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3732 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3733 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3734 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3735 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3736 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3737 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3738 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3739 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3740 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3741 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3742 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3744 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3745 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3746 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3747 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3749 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3750 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3751 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3752 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3753 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3754 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3755 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3757 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3758 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3759 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3760 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3763 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3764 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3765 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3766 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3773 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3774 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3775 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3776 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3777 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3779 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3780 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3781 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3783 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3784 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3787 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3788 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3789 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3790 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3791 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3792 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3793 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3794 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3795 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3796 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3797 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3798 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3812 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3813 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3815 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3816 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3818 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3819 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3820 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3821 which has since been deleted. */
3823 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3824 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3826 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3832 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3838 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3840 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3843 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3846 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3847 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3848 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3852 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3854 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3857 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3858 This requires no further action. */
3859 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3862 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3864 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3865 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3867 case bp_step_resume
:
3870 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3873 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3874 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3876 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3877 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3879 case bp_shlib_event
:
3880 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3883 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3885 case bp_thread_event
:
3886 case bp_overlay_event
:
3887 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3888 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3894 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3896 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3899 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3900 This requires no further action. */
3901 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3904 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3905 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3906 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3907 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3910 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3911 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3913 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3914 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3917 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3919 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3923 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3924 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3925 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3928 bpstat_should_step (void)
3930 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3932 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3938 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3940 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3949 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
3951 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3952 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3954 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3956 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3958 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
3962 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3964 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
3967 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3970 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3971 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3972 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3973 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3974 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3976 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3977 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3979 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3981 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3982 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3985 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3988 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3992 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
3994 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3997 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3999 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4002 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4004 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4005 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4007 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4008 int print_address_bits
,
4011 struct command_line
*l
;
4013 struct ep_type_description
4018 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4020 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4021 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4022 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4023 {bp_until
, "until"},
4024 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4025 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4026 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4027 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4028 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4029 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4030 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4031 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4032 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4033 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4034 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4035 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4036 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4037 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4038 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4039 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4040 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4043 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4044 char wrap_indent
[80];
4045 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4046 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4047 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4049 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4050 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4051 struct value_print_options opts
;
4053 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4055 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4056 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4057 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4061 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4062 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4067 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4071 if (part_of_multiple
)
4074 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4075 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4080 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4085 if (part_of_multiple
)
4086 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4089 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4090 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4091 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4092 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4094 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4099 if (part_of_multiple
)
4100 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4102 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4107 if (part_of_multiple
)
4108 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4110 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4111 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4112 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4116 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4117 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4119 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4120 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4122 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4125 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4127 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4128 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4129 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4130 just one location. */
4131 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4132 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4138 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4139 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4143 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4144 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4145 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4146 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4147 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4148 is relatively readable). */
4149 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4150 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4156 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4160 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4161 case bp_step_resume
:
4162 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4164 case bp_shlib_event
:
4165 case bp_thread_event
:
4166 case bp_overlay_event
:
4167 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4170 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4173 if (header_of_multiple
)
4174 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4175 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4176 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4178 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4179 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4182 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4183 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4190 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4193 && !header_of_multiple
4195 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4196 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4197 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4198 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4200 struct inferior
*inf
;
4203 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4205 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4210 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4213 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4214 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4219 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4221 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4223 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4224 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4225 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4226 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4228 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4230 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4231 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4235 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4237 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4240 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4241 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4243 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4244 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4248 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4250 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4251 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4252 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4254 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4255 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4257 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4258 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4259 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4262 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4264 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4265 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4266 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4267 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4270 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4272 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4273 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4274 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4276 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4277 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4278 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4279 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4280 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4282 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4285 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4286 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4287 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4288 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4289 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4291 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4294 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4295 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4296 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4300 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4302 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4305 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4306 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4307 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4310 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4312 annotate_field (10);
4313 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4314 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4315 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4318 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4320 annotate_field (11);
4321 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4322 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4323 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4326 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4328 struct action_line
*action
;
4329 annotate_field (12);
4330 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4332 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4333 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4334 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4338 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4341 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4342 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4343 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4346 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4347 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4351 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4352 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4355 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4356 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4358 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4359 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4360 locations, if any. */
4361 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4363 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4364 disabled, we print it as if it had
4365 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4366 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4368 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4369 several locations internally, that's no a property
4372 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4373 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4374 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4376 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4378 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4379 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4380 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4386 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4388 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4389 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4391 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4393 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4394 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4395 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4398 return print_address_bits
;
4401 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4407 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4409 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4410 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4411 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4414 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4416 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4417 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4425 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4427 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4429 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4431 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4432 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4438 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4439 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4442 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4444 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4445 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4446 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4447 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4448 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4449 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4450 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4451 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4454 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4455 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4456 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4459 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4462 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4463 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4464 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4465 struct value_print_options opts
;
4466 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4468 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4470 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4471 size required for address fields. */
4472 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4475 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4477 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4479 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4480 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4481 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4483 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4487 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4489 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4493 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4496 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4497 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4498 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4500 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4501 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4503 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4504 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4506 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4507 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4509 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4510 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4512 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4514 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4515 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4517 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4519 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4521 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4522 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4523 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4524 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4528 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4530 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4532 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4533 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4536 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4541 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4543 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4548 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4549 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4552 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4553 there have been breakpoints? */
4554 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4558 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4563 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4565 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4569 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4574 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4576 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4580 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4581 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4582 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4584 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4585 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4587 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4588 && bl
->address
== pc
4589 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4595 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4596 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4600 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4601 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4602 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4605 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4608 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4612 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4613 else /* if (others == ???) */
4614 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4616 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4619 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4620 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4621 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4622 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4623 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4624 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4625 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4626 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4627 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4629 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4633 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4635 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4636 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4637 printf_filtered (".\n");
4641 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4642 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4645 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4646 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4649 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4650 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4651 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4652 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4653 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4656 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4657 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4658 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4659 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4661 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4662 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4663 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4671 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4673 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4675 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4678 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4679 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4682 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4684 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4685 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4686 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4687 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4690 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4691 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4692 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4693 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4696 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4697 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4699 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4700 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4704 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4705 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4706 represent the same location. */
4709 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4711 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4712 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4714 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4717 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4719 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4720 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4724 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4725 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4730 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4731 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4733 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4734 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4736 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4739 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4740 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4741 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4742 this function is simply the identity function. */
4745 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4746 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4748 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4750 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4753 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4754 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4755 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4756 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4757 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4759 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4760 have their addresses modified. */
4765 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4767 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4768 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4769 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4771 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4772 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4774 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4775 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4777 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4781 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4783 static struct bp_location
*
4784 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4786 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4788 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4789 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4793 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4803 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4804 case bp_step_resume
:
4805 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4807 case bp_shlib_event
:
4808 case bp_thread_event
:
4809 case bp_overlay_event
:
4811 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4812 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4814 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4815 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4817 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4818 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4819 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4820 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4824 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4827 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4833 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4838 if (loc
->function_name
)
4839 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4844 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4845 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4846 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4848 static struct breakpoint
*
4849 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4852 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4854 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4855 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4858 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4859 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4860 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4862 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4865 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4867 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4868 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4869 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4870 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4872 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4874 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4875 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4876 of increasing numbers. */
4878 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4880 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4890 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4892 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4894 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4895 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4896 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4898 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4900 if (loc
->function_name
)
4901 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4905 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4906 static struct gdbarch
*
4907 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4910 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4912 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4917 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4918 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4919 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4920 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4921 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4922 is also returned as the value of this function.
4924 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4925 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4926 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4927 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4928 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4929 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4930 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4933 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4934 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4936 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4937 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4938 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4940 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4942 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4944 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4945 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4947 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4948 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4949 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4950 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4951 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4952 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4953 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4955 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4956 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4957 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4958 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4959 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4961 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4962 breakpoint resetting. */
4963 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4965 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4966 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4968 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4969 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4970 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4972 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4974 breakpoints_changed ();
4980 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4981 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4983 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4985 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4986 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4988 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4989 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4990 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4991 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4992 but it's easy to implmement. */
4993 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4997 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4998 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4999 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5002 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5004 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5006 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5007 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5008 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5009 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5011 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5012 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5014 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5015 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5016 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5020 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5022 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5024 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5027 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5029 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5030 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5035 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5037 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5040 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5042 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5043 update_global_location_list (1);
5044 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5049 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5051 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5054 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5056 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5057 update_global_location_list (0);
5058 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5063 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5065 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5067 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5069 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5070 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5072 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5074 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5080 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5082 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5085 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5086 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5087 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5090 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5093 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5094 char ***addr_string_p
;
5098 struct lang_and_radix
5104 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5107 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5109 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5111 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5112 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5117 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5119 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5122 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5123 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5124 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5128 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5130 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5132 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5133 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5137 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5138 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5141 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5143 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5145 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5147 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5148 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5149 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5150 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5151 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5152 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5153 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5154 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5155 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5156 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5157 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5159 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5161 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5165 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5170 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5171 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5174 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5176 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5177 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5179 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5180 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5181 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5182 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5183 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5184 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5189 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5190 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5191 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5192 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5193 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5194 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5195 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5197 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5198 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5199 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5200 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5202 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5204 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5205 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5208 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5213 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5215 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5218 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5220 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5223 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5226 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5228 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5231 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5235 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5237 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5240 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5242 static enum print_stop_action
5243 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5245 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5246 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5247 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5248 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5251 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5254 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5256 struct value_print_options opts
;
5258 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5260 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5261 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5262 is relatively readable). */
5263 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5264 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5266 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5267 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5269 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5270 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5271 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5272 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5276 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5280 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5282 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5285 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5287 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5291 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5292 print_it_catch_fork
,
5293 print_one_catch_fork
,
5294 print_mention_catch_fork
5297 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5300 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5302 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5305 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5308 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5310 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5313 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5317 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5319 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5322 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5324 static enum print_stop_action
5325 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5327 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5328 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5329 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5330 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5333 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5336 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5338 struct value_print_options opts
;
5340 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5341 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5342 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5343 is relatively readable). */
5344 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5345 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5347 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5348 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5350 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5351 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5352 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5353 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5357 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5361 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5363 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5366 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5368 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5372 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5373 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5374 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5375 print_mention_catch_vfork
5378 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5382 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5384 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5386 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5387 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5388 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5393 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5397 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5399 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5400 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5402 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5403 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5405 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5406 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5408 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5409 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5413 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5414 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5415 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5416 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5417 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5420 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5424 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5426 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5428 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5429 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5430 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5435 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5439 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5440 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5442 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5443 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5447 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5448 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5449 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5450 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5451 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5454 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5458 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5460 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5461 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5462 syscall we are catching. */
5463 int syscall_number
= 0;
5465 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5468 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5469 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5473 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5475 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5485 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5488 static enum print_stop_action
5489 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5491 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5492 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5493 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5494 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5496 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5498 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5501 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5503 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5505 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5508 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5510 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5512 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5514 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5515 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5516 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5517 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5518 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5519 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5521 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5523 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5526 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5530 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5531 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5533 struct value_print_options opts
;
5535 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5536 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5537 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5538 is relatively readable). */
5539 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5540 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5543 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5544 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5545 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5547 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5549 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5552 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5554 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5559 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5562 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5564 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5566 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5567 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5571 /* Remove the last comma. */
5572 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5573 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5576 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5577 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5580 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5584 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5586 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5590 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5591 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5593 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5596 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5600 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5603 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5605 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5607 printf_filtered (")");
5610 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5614 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5616 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5618 insert_catch_syscall
,
5619 remove_catch_syscall
,
5620 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5621 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5622 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5623 print_mention_catch_syscall
5626 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5629 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5631 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5634 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5635 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5636 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5637 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5639 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5640 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5641 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5642 to the catchpoint. */
5644 static struct breakpoint
*
5645 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5647 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5649 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5653 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5655 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5656 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5657 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5659 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5661 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5662 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5663 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5669 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5671 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5672 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5673 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5674 to the catchpoint. */
5676 static struct breakpoint
*
5677 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5678 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5680 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5681 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5684 update_global_location_list (1);
5690 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5691 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5692 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5694 struct breakpoint
*b
5695 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5697 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5699 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5702 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5705 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5707 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5711 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5713 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5717 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5719 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5722 static enum print_stop_action
5723 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5725 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5726 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5728 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5732 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5734 struct value_print_options opts
;
5736 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5738 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5739 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5740 is relatively readable). */
5741 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5742 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5744 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5745 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5747 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5748 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5749 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5754 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5756 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5759 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5763 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5764 print_it_catch_exec
,
5765 print_one_catch_exec
,
5766 print_mention_catch_exec
5770 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5771 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5773 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5774 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5775 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5777 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5779 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5782 update_global_location_list (1);
5786 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5793 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5801 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5803 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5806 *other_type_used
= 0;
5809 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5811 if (b
->type
== type
)
5813 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5814 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5815 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5816 *other_type_used
= 1;
5823 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5825 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5829 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5830 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5831 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5832 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5833 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5835 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5836 update_global_location_list (0);
5842 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5844 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5848 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5849 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5850 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5851 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5852 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5854 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5855 update_global_location_list (1);
5861 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5863 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5868 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5871 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5872 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5873 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5875 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5881 update_global_location_list (0);
5883 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5887 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5889 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5892 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5896 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5899 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5900 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5901 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5903 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5909 breakpoint_re_set ();
5913 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5914 at address specified by SAL.
5915 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5918 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5919 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5921 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5923 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5925 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5927 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5928 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5929 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5930 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5932 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5933 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5934 single thread of control. */
5935 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5936 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5938 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5943 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5947 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5949 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5951 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5955 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5956 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5957 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5959 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5960 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5961 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5962 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5963 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5965 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5966 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5968 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5970 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5971 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5972 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5973 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5975 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5976 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5977 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5979 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5984 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5987 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5989 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5991 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5992 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5994 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5998 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6001 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6004 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6005 struct value_print_options opts
;
6007 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6009 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6010 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6011 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6012 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6013 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6015 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6016 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6021 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6025 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6026 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6027 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6028 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6029 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6031 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6033 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6035 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6036 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6037 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6039 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6041 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6042 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6043 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6044 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6045 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6047 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6049 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6050 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6051 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6052 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6053 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6061 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6062 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6064 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6065 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6068 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6069 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6074 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6078 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6083 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6084 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6091 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6092 case bp_step_resume
:
6094 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6095 case bp_shlib_event
:
6096 case bp_thread_event
:
6097 case bp_overlay_event
:
6099 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6105 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6109 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6113 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6115 printf_filtered (" at ");
6116 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6120 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6121 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6125 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6127 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6129 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6134 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6136 printf_filtered ("\n");
6140 static struct bp_location
*
6141 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6142 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6144 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6146 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6147 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6150 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6152 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6153 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6154 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6155 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6156 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6157 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6158 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6160 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6165 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6166 return 0 otherwise. */
6169 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6173 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6174 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6175 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6178 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6180 addr
= loc
->address
;
6181 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6183 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6187 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6189 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6190 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6191 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6192 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6194 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6195 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6197 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6198 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6201 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6208 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6209 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6210 as condition expression. */
6213 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6214 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6216 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6217 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6218 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6220 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6223 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6225 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6226 int target_resources_ok
=
6227 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6229 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6230 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6231 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6232 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6235 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6237 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6239 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6240 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6244 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6246 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6248 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6249 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6254 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6255 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6256 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6260 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6261 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6262 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6263 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6265 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6267 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6268 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6269 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6270 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6276 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6279 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6280 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6284 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6285 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6287 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6292 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6294 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6297 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6303 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6304 elements to fill the void space. */
6306 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6308 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6309 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6311 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6312 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6317 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6318 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6319 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6320 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6321 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6322 single expanded sal, return the original.
6324 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6325 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6326 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6327 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6328 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6330 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6331 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6333 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6334 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6335 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6338 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6340 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6341 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6342 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6345 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6346 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6352 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6354 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6356 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6358 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6359 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6361 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6363 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6364 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6365 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6367 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6368 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6369 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6370 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6371 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6375 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6377 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6378 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6380 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6381 char *this_function
;
6383 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6385 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6387 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6388 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6391 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6393 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6396 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6398 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6400 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6402 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6405 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6406 we should really always find the section here. */
6407 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6410 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6411 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6413 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6422 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6424 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6425 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6426 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6430 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6432 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6434 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6435 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6436 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6437 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6439 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6440 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6441 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6448 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6449 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6460 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6461 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6462 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6463 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6464 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6465 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6466 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6467 we take just a single condition string.
6469 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6470 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6471 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6472 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6473 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6476 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6477 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6479 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6480 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6481 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6485 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6487 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6488 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6490 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6491 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6492 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6496 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6497 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6498 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6499 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6502 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6503 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6504 char ***addr_string
,
6507 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6508 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6509 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6511 if ((*address
) == NULL
6512 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6514 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6516 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6517 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6518 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6519 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6520 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6521 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6522 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6523 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6524 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6526 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6527 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6528 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6529 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6531 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6533 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6537 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6541 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6542 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6543 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6544 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6545 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6546 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6548 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6550 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6552 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6553 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6554 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6555 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6558 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6559 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6561 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6562 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6563 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6564 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6567 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6569 /* Add the string if not present. */
6570 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6571 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6577 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6578 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6581 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6585 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6586 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6590 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6592 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6594 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6595 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6598 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6599 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6600 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6601 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6602 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6603 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6605 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6606 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6608 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6614 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6615 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6616 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6621 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6624 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6626 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6628 struct expression
*expr
;
6630 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6631 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6634 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6635 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6637 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6643 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6645 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6646 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6647 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6649 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6655 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6657 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6658 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6659 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6662 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6666 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6667 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6668 This function has two major modes of operations,
6669 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6670 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6671 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6672 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6673 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6677 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6678 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6679 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6680 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6682 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6683 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6687 struct gdb_exception e
;
6688 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6689 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6692 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6694 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6695 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6696 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6700 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6707 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6708 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6709 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6710 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6712 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6713 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6715 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6719 throw_exception (e
);
6723 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6725 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6728 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6729 throw_exception (e
);
6731 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6733 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6734 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6735 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6736 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6739 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6740 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6741 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6742 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6743 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6744 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6746 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6751 throw_exception (e
);
6758 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6759 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6763 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6764 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6766 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6767 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6770 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6771 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6772 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6773 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6774 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6776 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6777 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6778 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6780 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6781 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6784 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6785 are ok for the target. */
6787 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6789 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6791 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6793 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6794 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6798 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6800 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6801 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6802 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6803 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6806 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6809 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6813 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6816 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6817 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6820 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6821 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6822 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6826 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6827 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6829 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6831 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6832 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6833 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6835 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6836 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6837 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6838 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6839 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6841 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6842 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6844 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6845 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6846 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6847 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6853 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6854 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6855 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6857 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6858 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6859 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6861 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6862 update_global_location_list (1);
6865 /* Set a breakpoint.
6866 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6867 condition, and thread.
6868 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6869 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6873 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6875 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6876 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6878 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6880 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6881 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6882 0 /* Ignore count */,
6883 pending_break_support
,
6884 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6891 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6892 char *address
, char *condition
,
6893 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6894 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6895 int pending
, int enabled
)
6897 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6898 address
, condition
, thread
,
6899 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6900 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6903 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6907 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6908 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6909 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6912 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6915 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6918 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6919 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6921 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6923 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6926 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6927 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6929 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6930 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6935 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6938 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6941 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6945 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6947 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6948 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6949 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6952 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6953 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6954 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6956 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6957 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6958 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6959 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6963 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6965 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6969 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6972 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6975 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6976 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6980 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6981 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6982 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6985 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6986 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6988 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6990 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6992 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6994 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7001 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7003 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7007 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7009 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7013 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7015 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7019 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7021 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7025 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7027 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7028 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7029 stop at <line>\n"));
7033 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7037 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7039 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7044 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7045 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7046 function/method name */
7047 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7049 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7054 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7056 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7060 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7062 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7066 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7070 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7077 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7078 it is probably a line number. */
7079 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7081 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7086 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7088 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7092 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7094 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7097 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7098 hw_read: watch read,
7099 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7101 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7103 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7104 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7105 struct expression
*exp
;
7106 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7107 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7108 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7109 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7110 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7111 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7113 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7114 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7115 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7116 enum bptype bp_type
;
7120 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7121 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7123 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7125 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7126 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7128 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7129 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7130 be the thread identifier. */
7131 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7133 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7136 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7137 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7139 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7140 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7141 reach a "thread" token. */
7142 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7147 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7150 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7151 calculate the length of the token. */
7153 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7155 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7157 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7158 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7159 only in a specific thread. */
7162 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7163 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7165 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7167 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7168 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7170 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7171 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7172 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7174 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7175 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7176 evaluate_expression() function. */
7181 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7182 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7184 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7186 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7187 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7189 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7192 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7193 mark
= value_mark ();
7194 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7196 release_value (val
);
7199 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7203 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7206 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7207 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7209 struct expression
*cond
;
7211 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7212 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7217 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7219 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7220 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7221 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7222 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7224 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7226 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7227 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7228 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7231 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7232 target_resources_ok
=
7233 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7235 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7236 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7238 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7239 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7242 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7243 watchpoint could not be set. */
7244 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7245 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7247 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7249 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7250 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7251 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7252 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7253 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7255 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7258 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7259 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7260 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7262 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7264 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7265 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7267 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7268 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7270 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7271 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7272 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7273 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7274 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7275 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7276 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7277 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7278 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7282 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7283 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7284 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7285 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7287 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7289 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7290 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7294 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7300 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7301 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7305 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7306 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7309 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7311 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7312 need to act on them together. */
7313 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7314 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7317 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7319 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7320 that should be inserted. */
7321 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7324 update_global_location_list (1);
7327 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7328 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7329 in hardware return zero. */
7332 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7334 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7335 struct value
*head
= v
;
7337 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7338 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7341 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7342 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7343 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7344 hardware watchpoint.
7346 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7347 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7348 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7349 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7350 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7351 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7352 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7353 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7354 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7356 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7357 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7358 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7359 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7360 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7362 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7365 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7366 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7367 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7371 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7372 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7373 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7376 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7377 middle of some value chain. */
7379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7382 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7383 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7385 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7392 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7393 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7394 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7395 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7396 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7399 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7400 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7401 return found_memory_cnt
;
7405 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7407 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7411 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7413 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7417 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7419 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7423 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7425 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7429 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7431 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7435 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7437 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7441 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7442 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7444 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7446 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7447 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7450 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7451 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7452 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7455 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7457 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7459 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7461 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7465 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7467 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7468 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7469 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7470 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7471 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7472 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7474 clear_proceed_status ();
7476 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7479 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7480 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7481 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7483 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7484 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7486 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7487 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7490 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7493 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7495 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7498 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7499 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7500 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7501 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7503 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7504 at the very same frame. */
7505 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7506 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7509 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7511 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7514 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7516 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7517 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7518 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7520 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7522 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7525 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7527 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7528 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7529 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7530 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7532 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7534 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7535 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7537 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7538 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7540 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7541 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7542 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7546 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7550 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7552 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7554 while (isspace (**s
))
7558 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7559 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7561 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7562 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7563 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7564 if clause in the arg string. */
7567 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7571 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7574 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7577 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7578 condition string. */
7579 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7582 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7583 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7588 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7589 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7591 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7592 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7593 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7594 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7596 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7597 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7599 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7601 static char filename
[1024];
7606 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7624 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7625 process start/exit, etc. */
7629 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7630 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7635 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7637 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7638 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7639 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7642 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7643 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7644 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7648 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7650 /* The allowed syntax is:
7652 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7654 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7655 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7657 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7658 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7660 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7661 and enable reporting of such events. */
7664 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7665 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7666 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7667 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7669 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7670 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7671 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7672 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7675 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7681 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7683 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7685 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7687 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7691 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7693 /* The allowed syntax is:
7695 catch exec if <cond>
7697 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7698 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7700 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7701 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7703 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7704 and enable reporting of such events. */
7705 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7706 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7709 static enum print_stop_action
7710 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7712 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7714 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7716 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7717 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7718 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7721 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7723 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7725 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7726 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7728 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7729 : " (exception caught), ");
7730 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7732 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7733 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7734 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7735 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7737 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7741 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7743 struct value_print_options opts
;
7744 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7745 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7748 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7749 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7751 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7752 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7757 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7758 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7760 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7764 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7769 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7770 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7771 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7772 : _("Catchpoint "));
7773 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7774 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7778 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7781 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7782 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7783 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7784 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7788 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7789 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7791 char *trigger_func_name
;
7793 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7794 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7796 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7798 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7799 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7800 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7803 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7804 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7810 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7813 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7814 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7816 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7817 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7821 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7823 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7825 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7826 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7828 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7829 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7830 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7832 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7835 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7838 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7841 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7843 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7844 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7847 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7850 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7852 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7853 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7856 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7859 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7860 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7864 struct expression
*cond
,
7865 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7869 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7873 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7875 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7877 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7878 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7879 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7880 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7881 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7882 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7883 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7884 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7885 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7886 enough for now, though. */
7889 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7890 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7892 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7893 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7894 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7895 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7896 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7897 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7898 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7899 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7900 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7905 update_global_location_list (1);
7908 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7911 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7912 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7914 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7916 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7918 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7919 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7920 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7921 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7922 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7924 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7928 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7929 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7930 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7931 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7935 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7937 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7939 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7940 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7943 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7944 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7946 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7948 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7949 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7951 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7953 int i
, syscall_number
;
7958 /* Skip whitespace. */
7959 while (isspace (*arg
))
7962 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7963 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7967 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7968 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7969 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7970 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7973 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7975 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7977 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7978 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7979 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7981 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7984 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7985 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7988 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7992 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7995 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8000 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8002 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8003 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
8004 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8005 this architeture yet."));
8007 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8009 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8011 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8012 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8013 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8014 for his/her architecture. */
8015 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8017 /* The allowed syntax is:
8019 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8021 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8024 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8028 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8029 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8032 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8035 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8037 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8039 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8040 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8041 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8043 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8047 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8048 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8049 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8053 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8055 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8060 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8062 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8065 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8068 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8070 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8071 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8074 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8075 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8080 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8085 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8086 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8087 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8088 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8089 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8090 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8091 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8092 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8093 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8094 error (_("No source file specified."));
8102 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8103 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8104 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8105 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8106 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8108 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8109 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8110 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8111 due to optimization, all in one block.
8112 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8113 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8114 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8115 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8116 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8119 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8120 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8121 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8125 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8127 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8128 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8129 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8132 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8137 1 0 <can't happen> */
8141 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8146 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8147 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8148 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8149 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8150 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8151 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8153 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8154 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8156 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8157 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8158 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8159 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8160 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8161 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8162 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8163 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8164 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8165 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8166 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8167 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8176 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8179 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8180 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8183 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8185 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8188 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8189 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8192 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8193 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8195 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8197 breakpoints_changed ();
8199 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8202 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8203 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8206 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8209 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8210 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8211 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8214 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8216 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8218 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8219 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8220 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8221 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8223 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8227 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8228 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8232 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8233 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8234 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8235 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8236 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8239 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8241 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8242 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8243 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8244 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8246 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8247 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8249 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8250 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8251 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8253 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8254 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8256 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8257 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8258 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8260 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8263 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8264 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8265 the bp_location array. */
8268 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8270 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8272 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8273 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8275 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8277 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8279 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8282 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8283 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8285 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8286 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8287 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8288 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8290 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8292 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8293 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8294 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8295 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8299 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8300 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8301 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8302 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8303 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8304 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8305 returns true on them.
8307 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8308 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8309 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8310 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8311 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8312 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8315 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8318 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8319 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8321 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8322 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8323 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8324 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8325 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8327 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8328 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8329 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8330 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8332 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8333 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8334 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8335 unsigned old_location_count
;
8337 old_location
= bp_location
;
8338 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8340 bp_location_count
= 0;
8341 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8344 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8345 bp_location_count
++;
8347 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8350 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8352 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8353 bp_location_compare
);
8355 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8357 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8358 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8359 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8360 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8361 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8363 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8364 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8367 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8370 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8371 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8373 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8375 int found_object
= 0;
8376 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8377 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8380 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8381 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8382 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8383 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8387 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8388 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8391 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8398 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8399 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8400 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8401 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8404 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8406 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8408 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8410 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8411 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8416 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8417 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8418 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8420 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8423 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8424 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8427 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8429 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8431 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8432 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8433 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8434 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8437 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8446 if (!keep_in_target
)
8448 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8450 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8451 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8452 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8455 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8456 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8457 after calling us. */
8458 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8459 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8467 if (removed
&& non_stop
8468 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8469 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8471 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8472 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8473 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8474 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8475 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8476 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8477 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8478 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8479 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8480 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8481 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8482 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8483 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8484 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8487 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8488 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8490 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8491 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8492 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8493 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8494 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8495 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8496 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8497 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8498 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8499 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8500 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8501 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8502 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8505 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8506 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8507 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8508 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8510 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8511 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8512 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8513 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8514 traps we can no longer explain. */
8516 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8517 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8519 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8522 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8526 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8527 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8528 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8529 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8530 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8531 are sorted first for the same address.
8533 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8534 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8536 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8537 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8538 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8539 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8540 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8542 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8543 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8545 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8546 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8547 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8549 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8550 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8553 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8554 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8555 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8556 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8557 "actually inserted"));
8559 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8560 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8561 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8562 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8563 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8564 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8566 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8568 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8569 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8570 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8579 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8580 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8581 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8582 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8583 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8586 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8587 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8588 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8589 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8591 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8595 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8597 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8600 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8601 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8603 free_bp_location (loc
);
8604 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8610 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8612 struct gdb_exception e
;
8613 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8614 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8617 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8619 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8622 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8623 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8625 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8627 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8631 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8633 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8635 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8636 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8640 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8644 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8646 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8647 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8649 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8651 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8652 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8654 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8655 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8656 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8657 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8658 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8660 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8661 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8662 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8663 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8664 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8667 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8669 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8670 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8675 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8679 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8680 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8681 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8682 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8683 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8684 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8686 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8687 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8688 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8689 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8690 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8691 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8692 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8693 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8694 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8696 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8697 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8698 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8699 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8700 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8701 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8702 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8703 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8704 with commands won't work. */
8706 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8708 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8709 list, update the global location list. This
8710 will remove locations that used to belong to
8711 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8712 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8713 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8714 design to have location completely self-contained,
8715 but it's not the case now. */
8716 update_global_location_list (0);
8719 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8720 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8721 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8727 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8729 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8733 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8735 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8739 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8741 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8747 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8749 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8750 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8751 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8754 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8755 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8756 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8757 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8758 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8759 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8762 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8767 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8769 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8773 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8774 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8775 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8776 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8777 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8778 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8780 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8785 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8789 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8791 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8792 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8797 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8798 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8799 Null names are ignored. */
8802 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8804 struct bp_location
*l
;
8805 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8806 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8807 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8809 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8812 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8814 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8818 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8820 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8835 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8836 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8840 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8842 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8843 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8844 the common case where all locations are in the same
8845 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8846 retain the location, so that when the library
8847 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8848 status of the individual locations. */
8849 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8854 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8856 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8857 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8859 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8861 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8863 struct gdb_exception e
;
8866 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8868 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8873 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8874 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8875 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8879 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8880 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8881 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8882 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8884 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8886 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8887 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8890 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8891 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8892 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8894 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8896 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8897 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8898 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8899 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8900 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8901 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8902 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8904 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8906 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8908 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8909 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8911 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8912 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8913 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8921 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8922 if (l
->function_name
8923 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8933 update_global_location_list (1);
8937 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8938 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8939 Unused in this case. */
8942 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8944 /* get past catch_errs */
8945 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8949 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8950 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8951 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8953 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8954 struct gdb_exception e
;
8955 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8960 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8964 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8966 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8967 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8970 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8972 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8973 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8977 set_language (b
->language
);
8978 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8981 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8982 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8984 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8986 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8991 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8992 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8993 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8994 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8995 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8996 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8997 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8999 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
9000 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9001 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
9002 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
9004 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
9006 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9007 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9008 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9009 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9010 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9011 which approach is better. */
9012 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9013 throw_exception (e
);
9019 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9021 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9022 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9024 char *cond_string
= 0;
9028 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9029 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9031 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9034 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9037 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9040 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9041 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9045 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9046 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9047 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9048 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9049 or it can be on local variables.
9051 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9052 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9053 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9056 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9057 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9058 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9059 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9060 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9061 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9063 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9064 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9065 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9066 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9068 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9069 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9071 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9072 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9073 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9075 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9076 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9082 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9084 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9085 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9086 case bp_overlay_event
:
9087 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9088 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9091 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9092 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9093 case bp_shlib_event
:
9095 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9096 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9097 case bp_thread_event
:
9099 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9100 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9101 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9102 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9105 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9107 case bp_step_resume
:
9109 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9114 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9118 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9120 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9122 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9123 enum language save_language
;
9124 int save_input_radix
;
9125 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9127 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9128 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9129 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9133 /* Format possible error msg */
9134 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9136 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9137 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9138 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9140 set_language (save_language
);
9141 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9143 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9145 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9147 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9148 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9149 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9150 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9151 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9154 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9156 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9157 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9159 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9161 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9163 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9164 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9166 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9167 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9168 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9170 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9174 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9175 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9176 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9179 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9181 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9187 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9189 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9193 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9195 else if (count
== 1)
9196 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9199 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9202 breakpoints_changed ();
9203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9207 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9211 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9213 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9217 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9220 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9226 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9228 num
= get_number (&p
);
9230 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9232 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9234 set_ignore_count (num
,
9235 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9238 printf_filtered ("\n");
9241 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9242 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9245 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9250 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9254 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9261 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9264 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9269 if (b
->number
== num
)
9271 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9274 if (related_breakpoint
)
9275 function (related_breakpoint
);
9279 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9285 static struct bp_location
*
9286 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9288 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9292 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9293 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9298 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9300 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9303 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9308 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9309 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9312 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9314 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9318 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9321 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9327 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9328 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9329 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9332 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9334 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9335 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9336 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9337 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9340 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9341 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9344 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9346 update_global_location_list (0);
9348 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9352 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9354 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9360 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9366 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9368 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9369 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9370 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9371 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9375 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9377 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9380 update_global_location_list (0);
9383 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9387 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9389 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9392 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9395 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9396 target_resources_ok
=
9397 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9399 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9400 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9401 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9402 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9405 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9406 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9407 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9408 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9410 struct gdb_exception e
;
9412 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9414 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9418 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9424 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9425 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9426 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9427 update_global_location_list (1);
9428 breakpoints_changed ();
9430 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9435 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9437 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9440 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9441 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9442 in stopping the inferior. */
9445 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9447 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9449 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9453 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9459 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9461 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9462 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9463 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9464 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9468 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9470 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9473 update_global_location_list (1);
9476 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9480 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9482 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9486 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9488 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9492 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9494 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9498 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9500 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9504 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9509 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9513 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9514 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9518 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9519 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9521 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9524 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9525 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9526 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9528 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9530 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9531 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9532 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9533 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9535 value_free (bp
->val
);
9542 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9544 struct symtabs_and_lines
9545 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9547 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9549 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9550 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9551 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9552 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9553 default_breakpoint_line
,
9554 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9556 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9557 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9559 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9563 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9564 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9565 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9566 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9570 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9571 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9573 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9575 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9577 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9578 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9580 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9582 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9590 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9593 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9595 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9598 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9604 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9606 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9607 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9609 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9612 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9613 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9617 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9619 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9620 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9624 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9625 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9626 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9629 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9630 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9631 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9632 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9633 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9634 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9636 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9638 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9639 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9642 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9645 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9647 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9649 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9651 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9652 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9653 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9654 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9656 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9658 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9659 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9660 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9661 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9665 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9668 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9672 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9674 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9676 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9677 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9685 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9686 non-zero otherwise. */
9688 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9690 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9691 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9692 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9699 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9701 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9703 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9707 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9709 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9712 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9714 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9718 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9720 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9730 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9732 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9733 char *text
, char *word
)
9735 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9736 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9739 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9741 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9743 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9745 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9746 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9750 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9752 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9754 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9755 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9757 0 /* Ignore count */,
9758 pending_break_support
,
9762 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9765 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9769 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9772 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9774 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9787 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9792 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9793 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9796 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9797 Not supported by all targets. */
9799 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9801 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9804 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9805 Not supported by all targets. */
9807 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9809 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9812 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9814 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9816 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9822 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9824 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9825 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9826 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9831 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9836 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9838 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9840 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9842 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9844 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9849 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9852 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9854 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9855 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9856 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9859 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9861 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9865 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9866 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9868 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9870 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9873 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9875 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9878 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9881 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9887 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9888 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9890 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9891 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9893 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9897 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9904 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9906 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9909 if (t
->number
== num
)
9915 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9916 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9917 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9918 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9920 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9922 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9923 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9925 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9927 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9930 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9932 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9935 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9939 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9940 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9943 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9948 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9953 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9954 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9955 allow us to discover this. */
9956 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9960 /* save-tracepoints command */
9962 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9964 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9966 struct action_line
*line
;
9968 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9969 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9971 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9973 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9974 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9976 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9977 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9984 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9988 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9989 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9990 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9992 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9993 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9994 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9996 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9998 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9999 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
10002 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
10003 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
10006 if (tp
->pass_count
)
10007 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10011 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
10013 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10015 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10017 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10018 actionline
= line
->action
;
10019 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10022 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10023 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10025 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10027 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10028 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10030 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10036 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10038 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10042 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10044 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10047 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10048 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10050 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10052 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10059 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10060 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10061 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10062 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10063 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10064 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10065 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10066 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10067 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10068 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10069 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10071 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10072 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10074 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10076 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10078 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10079 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10081 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10082 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10084 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10085 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10087 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10088 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10089 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10090 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10091 char *text
, char *word
),
10092 void *user_data_catch
,
10093 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10095 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10097 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10099 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10100 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10101 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10103 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10105 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10106 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10107 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10111 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10113 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10115 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10116 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10117 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10121 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10123 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10124 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10125 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10127 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10128 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10129 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10131 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10132 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10133 before a breakpoint is set. */
10134 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10136 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10138 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10139 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10140 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10142 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10144 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10145 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10146 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10147 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10148 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10149 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10150 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10151 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10153 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10154 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10155 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10156 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10158 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10159 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10160 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10161 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10162 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10164 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10165 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10167 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10168 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10169 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10170 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10172 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10173 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10175 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10176 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10177 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10178 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10180 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10181 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10183 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10184 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10185 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10186 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10187 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10188 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10189 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10191 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10192 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10193 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10194 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10195 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10196 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10198 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10200 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10201 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10202 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10203 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10204 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10205 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10207 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10208 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10209 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10212 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10213 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10214 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10217 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10218 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10219 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10222 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10223 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10224 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10227 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10228 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10229 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10230 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10231 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10232 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10233 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10234 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10236 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10237 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10238 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10239 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10240 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10242 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10243 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10244 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10245 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10246 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10247 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10250 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10251 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10252 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10253 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10255 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10256 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10257 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10258 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10259 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10261 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10262 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10263 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10264 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10266 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10267 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10268 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10269 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10270 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10273 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10274 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10275 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10276 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10277 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10278 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10280 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10281 is executing in.\n\
10283 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10285 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10286 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10287 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10288 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10290 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10291 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10292 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10293 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10296 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10300 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10301 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10302 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10303 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10304 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10305 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10306 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10307 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10308 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10309 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10310 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10311 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10312 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10313 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10314 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10315 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10317 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10318 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10319 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10320 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10321 breakpoint set."));
10324 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10325 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10326 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10327 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10328 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10329 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10330 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10331 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10332 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10334 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10335 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10336 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10337 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10338 breakpoint set."));
10340 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10343 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10344 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10345 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10346 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10347 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10348 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10349 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10350 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10351 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10353 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10354 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10355 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10356 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10357 breakpoint set."));
10359 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10360 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10361 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10362 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10363 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10364 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10365 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10366 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10367 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10368 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10369 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10370 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10371 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10373 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10374 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10375 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10376 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10378 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10380 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10381 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10382 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10383 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10385 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10386 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10387 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10388 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10390 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10391 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10392 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10393 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10394 catch_catch_command
,
10398 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10399 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10400 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10401 catch_throw_command
,
10405 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10406 catch_fork_command_1
,
10408 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10409 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10410 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10411 catch_fork_command_1
,
10413 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10414 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10415 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10416 catch_exec_command_1
,
10420 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10421 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10422 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10423 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10424 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10425 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10426 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10427 catch_syscall_completer
,
10430 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10431 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10432 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10433 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10437 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10438 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10439 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10440 catch_assert_command
,
10445 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10446 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10447 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10448 an expression changes."));
10449 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10451 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10452 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10453 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10454 an expression is read."));
10455 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10457 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10458 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10459 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10460 an expression is either read or written."));
10461 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10463 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10464 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10467 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10468 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10469 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10470 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10471 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10472 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10473 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10474 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10475 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10478 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10479 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10481 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10483 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10485 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10486 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10488 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10489 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10490 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10492 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10493 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10494 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10495 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10497 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10498 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10499 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10500 last tracepoint set."));
10502 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10504 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10505 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10506 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10507 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10510 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10511 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10512 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10513 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10515 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10517 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10518 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10519 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10520 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10522 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10524 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10525 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10526 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10527 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10528 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10530 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10531 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10532 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10533 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10535 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10536 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10537 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10538 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10539 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10540 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10541 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10542 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10543 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10544 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10545 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10546 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10548 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10549 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10550 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10551 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10552 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10553 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10554 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10555 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10557 show_pending_break_support
,
10558 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10559 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10561 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10563 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10564 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10565 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10566 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10567 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10568 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10569 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10571 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10572 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10573 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10575 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10576 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10577 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10578 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10579 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10580 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10581 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10582 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10583 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10584 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10585 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10586 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10588 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10589 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10590 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10592 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10594 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);